The Best Nerf Dog Toys for Playful Pups

The Best Nerf Dog Toys for Playful Pups

Nerf Dog Toys — Buyer’s Guide, Review, and Comparison

Nerf may be better known for its range of super soaker toys for kids and young-at-heart adults. However, Nerf dog toys let your canine join the party too (without always getting soaked). We look at the best dog toys for you to bond with your pup over playtime.

Top Pick

Nerf Dog Tennis Ball Blaster Dog Toy

Nerf Dog Tennis Ball Blaster

Available in two sizes, this Tennis Ball Blaster is a fun way of playing fetch with both smaller pups and large dogs. With a shooting distance of up to 50 feet, your pup will certainly get its fair share of exercise without you breaking into a sweat.

  • Easy-to-find bright color.

  • Lightweight and compact — backpack friendly.

  • Hand-free ball pick-up for drool-free reloading.

Table Comparisons

Nerf Dog ToysProduct Comparison Table

PRODUCTFEATURES
Nerf Dog Tennis Ball Blaster
Nerf Dog Tennis Ball Blaster
Toy type: Ball launcher
Dog size: Small / Medium to large
Material: Molded plastic / rubber balls
  • Adjustable firing range.
  • Available in — 16-inch (compact) and 20-inch (full-size).
  • Value-for-money ball blaster.

Product Rating: 4.8/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
Nerf Dog Squeak Rubber Football
Nerf Dog Squeak Rubber Football
Toy type: Squeaker
Dog size: Small / Medium to large
Material: 100% natural rubber & vinyl
  • Durable construction stands up to avid chewers.
  • Designed for easier carrying in your pup’s mouth.
  • Weather and water-resistant.

Product Rating: 4.8/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
Nerf Dog Rubber Chew Barbell Dog Toy
Nerf Dog Rubber Chew Barbell Dog Toy
Toy type: Chew
Dog size: Medium to large
Material: Food-grade heavy-duty rubber.
  • Ideal for moderate to heavy chewers.
  • Texture designed to improve a pup's dental health.
  • Lightweight yet durable.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
Nerf Dog 16.5-inch Force Grip Nylon Launching Duck
Nerf Dog 16.5-inch Force Grip Nylon Launching Duck
Toy type: Launcher
Dog size: Medium to large
Material: Nylon with tear-resistant coating
  • Launches up to 75 feet.
  • Ideal for owners with joint injuries or shoulder pain.
  • Highly-visible Nerf blue and orange colors.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
Nerf Dog 3.8-inch Bash Squeak Ball
Nerf Dog 3.8-inch Bash Squeak Ball
Toy type: Squeak ball
Dog size: Medium to large
Material: Rubber
  • Extra durable rubber ball.
  • Textured surface for easier throwing.
  • Squeak noise makes the ball more attractive to dogs.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
Nerf Dog Shark Football Dog Toy
Nerf Dog Shark Football Dog Toy
Toy type: Interactive squeak ball
Dog size: Medium to large
Material: Toughened rubber & nylon
  • Durable rubber outside and soft, crunch-sounding nylon interior.
  • Lightweight, weatherproof, and water resistant.
  • Floats — perfect for dogs who enjoy swimming.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review
Nerf Dog TPR Flyer
Nerf Dog Shark Football Dog Toy
Toy type: Floating ring/Frisbee
Dog size: Medium to large
Material: Rubber
  • Brighter colors — more visible in water.
  • Floats — ideal for swimming-based games or training.
  • Lightweight yet durable — can withstand moderate chewing.

Product Rating: 4.7/5

Check Price at Amazon
Fastdogs Review

Nerf Dog Toys Buying Guide

Most of you remember Nerf as the brand behind those fun footballs and super soaker water guns for children. These toys are still very popular and it’s even started making some of the coolest toys for your pets to enjoy too. The Nerf dog toys product line-up covers all kinds of balls and other fun toys that come in many colorful shapes and sizes.

We have a guide on some of the best products Nerf Pet has to offer. Keep on reading to find the one that will make play sessions with your pet so much fun.

What To Look for in Nerf Toys for Dogs

When you’re looking for the best Nerf pet toys for your pooch there are several factors you should consider:

  • Size — First, choose the correct size for your pup. Smaller toys can present potential choking hazards for a larger breed of dog. In contrast, large toys will be difficult for smaller dogs to carry in their mouth or play with.

  • Suitability for Your Dog’s Personality — Not all dogs will be interested in playing with all Nerf pet toys. So, try to choose one that suits your dog’s character. Water-resistant floating fetch toys like a stick or a ball can be great for retrieving or water dogs. Whereas tug or chew toys can be better for keeping dogs with all-day stamina occupied.

  • Durability — Is your dog a known chewer? Heavy-duty rubber toys will be far more durable than some of the Nerf toys which are made from TPR foam. Regardless of the manufacturer, you should always check the durability of any toy you intend to give your pooch.

Why Choose Nerf Dog Toys?

In short. Nerf dog toys are made with your pooch in mind. 

Nerf-branded toys have been around since the early 1970s, so they certainly know a thing or two about manufacturing high-quality and safe toys. For the Nerf Dog line-up, Hasbro, one of the world’s leading toy manufacturers, teamed up with Gramercy Products Inc., which manufactures the range internationally. 

Gramercy proudly boasts on the Nerf Dogs’ website they won a Pet Industry Recognition Award in 2013.

The entire Nerf Dog range features an optimized design with materials chosen for improved durability and performance. And, all toys are non-toxic to dogs even if ingested.

Can Dog Toys From Nerf Be Used for Training?

Training your pooch with Nerf pet toys can be a fun and rewarding experience for both you and your canine companion. Most dogs enjoy playing with toys, and one of the best ways to train your dog is with Nerf toys, whether it’s a Nerf football dog toy or dog Frisbee by Nerf.

Doggie toys can provide your pooch with both mental and physical stimulation and reward them with a sense of accomplishment when they return the toy or solve a puzzle. Chewie dog toys can also keep your pooch entertained and engaged to prevent them from gnawing objects like your shoes or furniture.

Remember to always supervise your dog when playing with Nerf toys for dogs to prevent them from accidentally swallowing the toy. Plus, be sure to stop your dog from playing if they get overly excited or aggressive.

Ways To Train Your Pup With Nerf Dog Toys

Here are some steps you could follow to introduce Nerf Dog training to your pup.

  1. Choose a toy you know your dog will be interested in and will hold their attention. If you’ve noticed them chasing after balls in the local park, then perhaps go for one of the many Nerf dog balls or a Nerf gun ball shooter. If your dog likes jumping about or splashing in water, a Nerf dog flyer may be a better choice.

  2. Start the training by introducing the toy as a reward for good behavior. If your dog should sit on command, reward them with a few minutes of playing with their new toy.

  3. As your dog masters basic commands, try using the toy to teach them how to fetch. Refrain from picking the ball or Nerf Dog Frisbee up when you throw it, to teach your pooch the value of fetching.

  4. Always reward or praise your dog when they do well. Try to be patient in your training and be consistent.

  5. Involve the whole family and make training fun. Dogs love playing out in the park or the backyard, and the exercise can help them expend some of that extra energy they may have.

  6. If you choose a ball launcher or blaster, ensure you supervise younger children and never allow them to shoot at the pooch or each other. The launchers are designed to throw the ball in the air and can hurt if fired at somebody or any animal.

For more info, read our complete guide on Teaching Your Dog to Fetch.
Nerf Dog Toys

The Best Nerf Dog Toys Reviews

With so many play options available for your pooch, we’ve selected some of the best Nerf Dog toys to enhance your pup’s playtime.

Nerf Dog Tennis Ball Blaster Gift Set

Best Overall 

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Unlike the rest of the toys in our guide, this novel-looking model is a new generation tennis ball blaster that uses a spring mechanism to shoot tennis balls up to 50 feet in the air. The priming and shooting procedures make noises that will alert and also prepare your pet for the chase.

The thoughtful engineering allows you to pick up a drool-covered ball without ever touching it. A very convenient feature indeed. As with most Nerf-made products, this one is also available in plenty of color options.

For a very affordable price, you also get three Nerf dog tennis balls included. We feel that this is a very attractive package overall, and seeing so much positive customer feedback — this toy represents one of the best choices on the market. Not to mention the hours of fun you’ll experience using it with your pet!

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Nerf Dog Tennis Ball Blaster

OUR RATING: 4.8/5

PROS:

• Lightweight and easy to carry.
• Durable construction — withstands many knocks.
• Also available with 2-inch mini tennis balls for smaller dogs.
• Hands-free pick-up — you avoid the drool on returned balls.

• Simple operation.

CONS:

• Handle only provides space for one ball.

• Thick rubber band can wear out over time.


Nerf Dog Squeak Rubber Football

Best Nerf Dog Football

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

If you’re looking for a throwing football that will last you longer than usual, even with heavy usage and lots of chewing, then this is the right toy for your dog. Made using high-durability rubber, this football will endure lots of punishment no matter what.

It measures five or 7 inches in length (depending on the model), which allows it to soar through the air and fly very long distances when thrown. The rubber and vinyl materials that it’s made of ensure complete water and all-weather resistance. 

The main feature of this toy is the squeaker that attracts the attention of your pet at all times. Good luck trying to separate your K9 from this fun ball. The more they chew it, the more noise it makes, which makes for a constant attention grabber.

This Nerf rubber dog ball comes in two sizes and two colors. You can opt for the 5-inch version in case you own a smaller dog, or go for a 7-inch one that’s better suited for large family dogs.
The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Nerf Dog Squeak Rubber Football

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Tough durable rubber construction.
• Bright green or red Nerf dog ball — easy to track.
• Weather and water-resistant.
• Two sizes — suitable for small dogs or medium to larger breeds.

CONS:

• Heavier than some lightweight foam balls, especially for smaller dogs.

• VERY loud squeaker — outdoor use only.


Nerf Dog Rubber Chew Barbell Dog Toy

Best Nerf Dogs Toy for Dental Health 

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

For playing fetch, this bone-shaped chew toy is ideal. A rubber ball on either end of the midsection provides multidirectional bouncing whenever it’s thrown and can help increase your dog’s agility and coordination. Available in several bright colors, it can be easily seen by your pooch and even floats, so water dogs can enjoy this toy too.

In addition to playing fetch, the durable BPA-free rubber that’s non-toxic to dogs also makes a suitable chew toy for when your dog is relaxing. And, a tartar-busting ridged texture not only makes it easy to grip for non-stop play, but also helps massage gums and clean teeth. 

The hard rubber plastic is ideal for heavy-to-moderate chewers. However, this Rubber Chew Barbell is only available in one size, which smaller dogs may struggle with.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Nerf Dog Rubber Chew Barbell Dog Toy

OUR RATING: 4.6/5

PROS:

• Good for dental health.
• Lightweight and highly durable.
• Water and weather-resistant.
• Encourages agility — when used as a fetch toy.
• Available in several highly-visible colors.

CONS:

• Not suitable for small dogs.

• Can be more expensive than similar dog chew toys.


Best Nerf Plush Toy

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

If you’re looking for a super-strong plush toy, the Nerf Dog Force Grip range could appeal. It features a sturdy woven nylon exterior with a tear-resistant polyurethane rubber coating. This interactive launcher toy is designed to withstand even the most ferocious of chewers.

The Force Grip Launching Duck will keep you and your pooch entertained for hours without any extra wear and tear on your shoulder. The elastic slingshot can be hooked over your thumb before pulling back with your other hand to send the duck hurtling through the air for up to 75 feet.

With its bright blue and orange livery, the Nerf duck dog toy is easily trackable by both you and your pooch. And, the textured wings even give your dog some extra grip as they — hopefully — return the duck.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Nerf Dog 16.5-inch Force Grip Nylon Launching Duck

OUR RATING: 4.6/5

PROS:

• Stronger than most other plush toys.
• Elastic slingshot can help avoid overexertion.

• Bright colors — easy to see.
• Washer-safe — no-hassle cleanup.

CONS:

• Too large for smaller dogs to retrieve.
• No squeak or audible stimuli.


Nerf Dog 3.8-inch Bash Squeak Ball

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Most Durable Squeak Ball

If your dog is constantly tearing tennis balls apart as they play fetch, a super durable rubber ball like this brightly colored rubber Nerf Dog Squeaker ball may be the solution. The large 3.8-inch Nerf Dog Bash Ball is ideal for medium-sized to larger dogs who will have hours of fun playing with it. 

A Bash Ball is suitable for playing toss and fetch with the hexagonal texture on the outside, making the toy easier for humans to grip and chuck. The bright green color ensures high visibility, so the ball is easier to find, no matter how far you throw it. 

For solo play time, the robust rubber construction will stand up to an extensive chewing session, and the ball also features a squeaker, which dogs just love! Waterproof and weather-resistant, the ball even floats, making it ideal for those dogs who like to get wet.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Nerf Dog 3.8-inch Bash Squeak Ball

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Long-lasting material.
• Lightweight and easy to carry.
• Textured surface — easier for your dog to hold in their mouth.
• Squeaker inside — useful for dogs with impaired vision.

CONS:

• Too big for small dogs.
• Bounceability is disappointing on some surfaces


Nerf Dog Shark Football Dog Toy With Interactive Squeak and Crunch

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Best Interactive Nerf Football Dog Toy

This interactive toy from Nerf Dog features two different textures to keep your dog engaged and entertained. On the outside is the usual hard-wearing rubber you associate with Nerf Dog balls, but inside is a crinkled nylon that makes a crunching noise as your pooch chews, which most canines love.

The rubber exterior offers a good grip to enable you to throw this fun Nerf football dog toy even further. And, as your pooch grabs the ball, they will also hear the squeaking sound, which will catch their interest.

Water and weather-resistant, the ball will stand up to water, rain, mud, drool, or sweat. This lightweight football also floats in water, so you can have fun with your pooch around the pool or at the beach. However, just remember to let the nylon interior dry out before storing it away!

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Nerf Dog Shark Football Dog Toy With Squeak and Crunch

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Durable rubber exterior protects the plush-like nylon inside.
• Easy-to-spot Red Nerf football.
• Diameter 4 inches — ideal for throwing the perfect spiral.
• Fuss-free cleaning — quick wipe down only.

CONS:

• Not suitable for toy/small breeds.
• More active, larger dogs may be able to split open the ball.


Nerf Dog TPR Flyer — 10-Inch

PetSafe Wireless Fence Pet Containment System (PIF-300)
PetSafe Stay and Play Fence Receiver Collar
Wireless Long-Range Dog Fence
Wireless Fence for Small Dogs
Invisible Dog Fence with GPS
Invisible Dog Fence With A Remote Trainer
Invisible Dog Fence With No Shock

Best Nerf Pet Toy for Water Dogs

Made of durable rubber, the Nerf Dog flyer is perfect for agile Frisbee dogs or water-loving retrievers. 

This Nerf Dog frisbee-like ring floats well and is ideal for those days at the coast, by a lake, or around a pool. It can be used to provide your pooch with a goal while swimming, and is perfect for longer play sessions on hot summer days. Plus, this flying disc has a tire-like tread, so it’s easier for your dog to keep hold of. 

What’s more, it’s available in a range of bright colors, such as neon yellow or red, making it easy to see from a distance — even in the water.

At 10 inches in diameter, this fun swimming toy is designed for medium to large dogs. And, as well as being a great toy for swimming dogs and games of fetch, pooches can also enjoy playing tug-of-war with this ring.

The PIF-300 is designed to cover up to ½ of an acre which is about 90 feet in all directions. The area of effect is circular and the shape cannot be adjusted. In other words, if you’re looking for a rectangular or square area of effect, this model isn’t the best solution. The receiver collar is waterproof, sturdy, and fits pets that weigh eight pounds and more. The circumference of the collar is 6 to 28 inches. As you can tell, it is designed to fit almost any breed that weighs more than eight pounds. Needless to say, you shouldn’t use this model on smaller dogs.

This particular model is great for dogs that weigh 5 pounds and more. It also fits 6-23-inch neck sizes. As you can tell, one of the biggest advantages of this collar is its versatility.
This collar offers five adjustable levels of static correction as well as a tone-only mode. However, make sure you always choose the proper correction level or else you won’t have much success when it comes to correcting your pet’s behavior. It’s important that you find the level that causes your dog to react and acknowledge the signal, but is not over-stimulated or even hurt. If you’re not quite sure on how to begin fine-tuning, refer to the user manual, and you will usually find the right answers.
Nerf Dog TPR Flyer — 10-Inch

OUR RATING: 4.7/5

PROS:

• Bright colors are easy to see.
• Floats well.
• Lightweight yet durable and weather-resistant.
• Great for large dogs or water dogs.

CONS:

• Can be tricky to throw longer distances.
• More expensive than traditional Frisbee toys.

Nerf pet toys

Conclusion

There are plenty of cool dog toys to choose from in the Nerf product store, and our list points out some of the bestselling products on Amazon search. The build quality and overall durability make these products truly stand out from the rest of the competition. If you’re looking for Christmas dog gifts and simple play toys for having fun with your dog, these models are worth a look.

Of course, Nerf Dog toys are not the only choice for your pooch. If you want to find out more about other types of doggy toys — see our complete buyer’s guide on Glow in the Dark Dog Toys or the Best Frisbee for Dogs.

Nerf Dog Toys FAQs

Where are Nerf Dog Toys Manufactured?

Nerf Dog Toys are manufactured by Gramercy Products Inc., a company based in New Jersey. This is under license and in partnership with the Nerf parent company Hasbro, a worldwide leader in the toys and games industry.

Gramercy Products Inc. and Gramercy Products LLC have manufacturing plants internationally. Each specific product can be produced at a different location.

Are Nerf Dog Toys Safe for Dogs?

Yes, absolutely. The Nerf brand has been producing high-quality, safe toys since the early 1970s. It’s owned by Hasbro, one of the most respected toy manufacturers in the world.

Nerf pet toys are made with dog-friendly materials, and feature pooch-optimized designs for improved durability and performance. 

Why Do Dogs Sometimes Bark at a Nerf Gun for Dogs?

Some dogs may be scared of loud noises such as thunder, and many ball launching toys can often emit a loud noise as they fire a ball. Don’t worry too much, your dog will soon get used to the noise and even associate it with playtime or the impending launch of the next ball.

Are Nerf Dog Balls Safe for Dogs?

Nerf tennis balls are available to buy separately, either as a refill for one of their many Nerf gun ball shooter toys or just for use as a simple game of fetch. Although they can sometimes be more expensive than traditional tennis balls, they’re made with materials non-toxic to dogs. Plus, they squeak too…. bonus!

Are Nerf Dog Toys Strong?

Nerf prides itself on the durability of its range of pet toys and the brand enjoys a solid reputation among dog-loving customers. Its chew toys are built to endure powerful jaws and teeth, ensuring your dog has a safe, yet long-lasting chewing time. 

Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.
Correcting your pet’s behavior isn’t an easy task, especially if you don’t have any previous experience. Dogs are stubborn creatures and they require quite a bit of devotion and patience from their owners or else they quickly become a tedious nuisance. Many people give up on training their pets because it seems complicated and exhausting. However, there is a way for you to do it without having to go through stressful processes. All you have to do is find the best-suiting wireless dog fence for your pet, and it should solve the situation in a matter of days or weeks, depending on your devotion.
Top Rated Wireless Pet Containment with No Shock
It features five levels of correction plus the tone-only mode. It is recommended that you start with the tone-only training so that your pet can get used to its new environment. Once you finish the adaption period, finding the best level of correction shouldn’t be too much of an issue. However, pay attention to your pet’s behavior and make sure they aren’t hurt by the intensity of the current correction level. The price is okay, but it could have been a bit lower.
If you have an open yard with no fence, this model might be the thing you’re looking for. The main thing you should look for is the intensity of the static correction. Also, you have to make sure to set it up properly. When it comes to disadvantages, there aren’t many. In fact, we weren’t able to find a note-worthy flaw both in design and functionality. One of the things that some people complained about is the short lifespan of the included batteries.
The collar design is okay, but there’s nothing impressive about it. The buckle works well, and the collar doesn’t cause any irritation due to friction. The price is okay, but we would have liked seeing it go down a bit. One cannot say it’s a particularly cheap piece, but it’s definitely affordable and worth investing in.
Is it a good purchase? The short answer is – Yes. On the other hand, make sure you read the features and specifications in order to find out whether or not it fulfills your expectations and requirements. Also, bear in mind that this isn’t a complete containment system. Instead, it’s just a collar that needs a transmitter in order to work. Therefore, if you don’t have a transmitter already, this model won’t work.  It works with the original PetSafe (PIF-300) wireless fence.
As far as the installation goes, there isn’t much to worry about. All you have to do is mount the transmitter and synchronize it with the collar. The collar features rechargeable batteries which last up to three weeks. It’s quite an advantage in comparison to some other models that last only a couple of days before needing a recharge. The collar itself isn’t bulky or cumbersome, and the included strap is reliable. Also, the strap can be changed if you feel like it’s not the thing you’re looking for.
One of the primary disadvantages most people complained about is the price. While this model does come at a hefty price, it’s definitely worth checking it out as long as you use the full potential of its features. On the other hand, if you don’t need a versatile system like this one, there are a couple of other models that are more affordable but offer similar features.
As we said, instead of having to dig and install wires, all you have to do is follow the instructions from the user manual, and you’ll finish the installation process within an hour or two. Due to its ease of installation, this collar is great for camping, vacation homes, and etcetera.
What’s great about this product is that you can add an unlimited amount of collars to the system as long as they are of the same type (PetSafe Wireless Fence Receiver Collar). Therefore, once you purchase the system, all you have to do in order to add another pet is to get another collar and sync it with the system.
As far as downsides go, there aren’t many. However, the one that we find worth mentioning is the fact that you cannot change the shape of the pet area. In other words, you can’t have a rectangular or square field of effect; it always stays in a shape of a circle. On the other hand, there are far more advantages than shortcomings. One of the biggest ones is the ability to add multiple collars to the same system without having to readjust or fine-tune the machine.
The model comes at an affordable price, although it could be a bit cheaper as far as we are concerned. However, considering the build quality and efficiency, it could be a good solution for people who like cordless units.
The package includes a well-written user manual and we strongly recommend reading it. In fact, you won’t need any other sources; the manual offers more than enough insight for you to get started. The whole system is quite easy to install, all you have to do is set up the transmitter and create a perimeter by setting up the wires. Once you finish creating the perimeter, it’s recommended that you spend a couple of days training your dog. The biggest mistake most people make is to let their pets figure out the new system themselves. As you can assume, it’s a big thing to expect from an animal.
The build quality is okay, but it’s certainly not the best we have seen. However, that doesn’t mean it’s necessarily bad, by any means. It’s a great all-in-one solution for people who don’t want to hassle much with tedious setups and exhausting fine-tuning of the correction levels. The price is also one of the main things that will make you change your mind if you haven’t already. It’s significantly cheaper than most other models on the market, but it does offer fewer options and features.
Furthermore, both the remote controller and collar are waterproof and submersible to 25 feet. Therefore, rainy and snowy weather won’t be an issue for this particular model.
As far as the design goes, it’s okay. Some people complained about it being too cumbersome for their pets, but it’s more a matter of personal preferences than it is a design flaw. The controller is quite easy to use and well-labeled. In other words, even if you never used a similar product, you shouldn’t have any issues to get the hang of this one. If you ever run into issues, don’t hesitate to refer to the user manual or search for solutions online.
The batteries last around 40 to 60 hours and are rechargeable. However, these are NiMH batteries, meaning they can run into issues after a while. The perfect substitution would be Li-Ion batteries, which may be included in the future. For now, there are only NiMH batteries available. Don’t worry though; they aren’t as bad as they seem. An operating guide with basic tricks is also included with the unit.
While it’s a worthy investment, it’s only good for people who are able to supervise their pets at all times. It’s completely controlled by the user meaning there are no auto-shocks or fence-like restrictions.
Therefore, you can take it wherever you go, and it will perform as advertised. The collar fits neck circumferences from 12 to 24 inches. Also, the collar powers on automatically as soon as you place it around your pet’s neck.
Both devices utilize rechargeable Li-Ion batteries. It is a significant advantage over replaceable ones, especially if you’re often away from home and on the move. The charger is included in the package meaning you don’t have to worry about making an additional purchase; the unit can be used right out of the box.
The GPS device supports two collars at a time. In other words, you can add an additional collar to the system without having to invest in another receiver. However, if you have more than two dogs, an extra GPS device is needed. As far as the complexity goes, anyone can get the hang of it within an hour or two. It’s quite simple to use, and there is no proprietary software or tedious installations.
The thing some people complained about is the refreshing inconsistency. In simpler words, the unit sometimes needs more than a few seconds to display the current position of your pet. Hunters, in particular, have a huge issue because of this as they usually need real-time updates. The price is okay, the interface is comprehensive and straightforward, and most importantly – the collar is neither bulky nor heavy.
The collar is also waterproof. While it may sound like a standard feature, it’s still worth mentioning. In other words, this model works well regardless of the weather conditions. The package also includes about 500 feet of wire which is more than enough to cover a massive area around your home. Bear in mind; the included wire covers only around 1/3 acres. Therefore, if you want to expand the area of effect, you’ll have to purchase additional wires.
As far as the downsides go, there aren’t many. One of the major disadvantages as far as the community is concerned is the price of the replacement batteries. They aren’t particularly expensive, but some people complained about them being proprietary. The overall price of the unit is okay, but it definitely isn’t the best on the market. There are some models out there that offer similar features for less money. On the other hand, PetSafe is a well-respected brand in this industry, and that also has a price.
Take a moment and check this model out. As far as we are concerned, it’s a worthy investment as long as your budget allows it.
Also, it utilizes a standard 9V battery which is a great advantage in comparison to proprietary ones. As well as most PetSafe products, this one can also utilize multiple collars at once. In simpler words, if you have a couple of dogs, all you have to do is purchase additional collars. Buying a whole another unit isn’t necessary.
The important thing to remember here is the fact that the four levels are designed to train your pet instead of punishing it. It’s fundamental that every pet owner knows this because the unit can easily be abused. When it comes to the downsides, a lot of people complain about the batteries not being rechargeable. It’s more a matter of personal preferences, but it is indeed a bit more expensive to keep this collar running in comparison to other models that are rechargeable.
The design looks okay, but it’s far from perfect. For example, we think that the collar is somewhat cumbersome and therefore not ideal for smaller breeds. In fact, don’t buy this particular model if you own a small dog, it’s not foreseen for dogs that weigh less than six pounds. The price is okay and can be considered affordable if you already have the wires installed. In case you don’t have any wires whatsoever, you should consider buying a unit that comes with the wiring included.
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence with no Shock
Before you make a definite decision on which model to buy, there are some things you should pay attention to. In fact, most people decide to ignore these and they consequently end up buying a unit that doesn't meet their expectations. In order to avoid such scenario, take a moment and read our guide on what to consider before investing in a wireless dog fence.
Before you decide which model to invest in, there are some things you need to be aware of. A lot of people rush their purchases, but they consequently end up with a model that either doesn’t meet their expectations or is overpriced. Both of these scenarios eventually turn out to be a bad idea. In order to avoid such things, take a moment and check our buyer’s guide.
We have covered some of the essential elements of every wireless dog fence so that you know what to look for and what to expect from most models that are available on the market currently. Instead of having to research and wander around the Internet to find relevant answers, you can find all the necessary info in one place – here. Make sure you know what you’re buying before actually investing money in order to eliminate as much risk as possible.
Even though most wireless models look similar to each other, the transmitters are very different, especially when it comes to signal strength. In other words, some transmitters can cover areas of, for example, five feet, whereas some can cover up to a hundred feet and more. It’s important that you find the one that matches your yard so that the signal doesn’t surpass a certain limit. In simpler terms, don’t buy a weak transmitter for big yards and vice-versa.
Luckily, most modern units have a feature that can turn the signal down a bit or increase it slightly. There is some room for adjusting, but it’s usually not enough. Also, bear in mind that most wireless fences are limited to a circular shape meaning you cannot change it yourself from the default one.
If you’re looking to buy a wireless system, there are some factors you should consider.
The first thing you need to think about is your previous experience with similar devices. In case you don’t have any, don’t hesitate to conduct research and look for some insightful guides on how to utilize pet collars properly. While it may seem simple enough, you can rest assured that many things need to be considered before you can train your pet properly.
As far as the choosing part goes, it all depends on your pet’s size, weight, and temper. Make sure you always read the specifications and features of a particular model so that you know whether or not it’s suitable for your furry friend. People often buy products that are too small or too big which is a huge mistake because it affects the overall efficiency of the unit. In simpler words, if a collar is too loose, it probably won’t be as efficient and effective as one would expect. The same goes for undersized collars as well. As you can tell, choosing the right size-to-weight ratio is of utmost importance.
Installing a system isn’t a big deal, even though it doesn’t look like it. A lot of users aren’t keen on installing their own fences because most of them don’t have any previous experience. There is nothing to worry about because the vast majority of new models come with a complete installation guide included. In fact, some even include a DVD with a ton of video material that is designed to help you through the process of installation.  
One of the most important things in the whole equation is – extensive research. If you don’t want to lose money by investing in the first thing you stumble upon, make sure you conduct extensive research. There are hundreds of reviews and dozens of insightful videos online on how to install, utilize, and fine-tune your new dog fence. Furthermore, make sure your pet accepts its new collar as well. A lot of pets won’t be too happy with the new accessory, especially because it’s designed to control their behavior.
If you have a particularly stubborn dog, look for collars with higher intensity. However, make sure you don’t set it too high because it can lead to behavior issues. Remember, proper training is crucial in order for these units to work as intended.
There are several crucial differences between wired and cordless units that you need to think about. Depending on your requirements, you should always choose the one that seems most appropriate to your situation.
Wireless models create a circular field of effect around your home. You are not able to neither change the shape of the field nor adapt it to your yard. In other words, you have to think about the position of the receiver so that it has the best possible effect and area of coverage. It can be a nuisance sometimes, especially for people who want a bit more control over their units. A wireless system is most effective if it’s positioned in the center of your property. If you’re looking to adjust and fine-tune the area of effect, avoid cordless units.
Wired models offer much more adjustability and versatility, but are harder to install. Now, the installation isn’t a hard process per se, but it definitely requires labor and a bit of knowledge. Luckily, most modern systems come with a complete installation guide included meaning most of them are quite user-friendly.
Now, the ultimate question remains unanswered – Which is better?
It’s important that you realize that there isn’t a right answer to this question. It all comes down to the individual and their personal preferences and requirements. As you can see, wireless systems are more of an entry-level thing whereas the wired ones are a long-term solution. There is no “better” one; it solely depends on the situation and owner’s preferences.
Contrary to popular belief, the number and intensity of static levels do matter quite a bit. While it may seem that there is no difference between collars with five and four levels, you can rest assured that there is. However, higher doesn’t always mean better, especially in these cases. It all comes down to what feels right for your pet. Make sure you don’t exaggerate with the levels or else you can even hurt your dog.
As you may assume, both wired and wireless units use electric signals as a source of power. Naturally, regardless of the intensity of that signal, there is always a certain dose of vulnerability included, especially when lightning strikes are in question. Therefore, make sure you read through the specifications of every model you’re interested in buying and look for proper certificates. If the manufacturer doesn’t mention the lightning protection in the short description of the product – stay away from it.
Contrary to popular belief, the protection against lightning strikes isn’t included because your pet is prone to them. Instead, it’s a counter-fail measure for the whole system. In simpler words, a buildup of static electricity can mess up your devices and thus turn off the whole system leaving your dog to wander freely outside the perimeter.
There are several crucial features you should be aware of in order to find the best-suiting collar for your pet. Take a moment and check them out, it will certainly help you to understand the importance of various elements included with almost any collar nowadays.
Wireless models are much more user-friendly in comparison to wired ones. However, contrary to popular belief, installing it isn’t that big of a deal in the first place, especially if you follow the instructions from the user manual. On the other hand, if you like effortless setups, then, by all means, go with cordless models. In case you’re looking for a permanent solution and aren’t planning on moving the perimeter anytime soon, the wired units offer much more versatility and adjustability. You can customize the shape, size, and area of the enclosure with wired fences.
You have two options here – rechargeable and changeable batteries. One isn’t necessarily better than the other; it all comes down to your preferences. If you don’t mind changing the batteries once in a while, then it’s probably a slightly better idea in comparison to rechargeable ones. However, when it comes to convenience, the rechargeable batteries win the race without a doubt.
Bear in mind, rechargeable batteries are sometimes harder to obtain, more expensive, and even proprietary for some models. Do your research before buying.
As we already said, wireless fences have certain limitations. The one that’s most frowned upon by many users is the inability to change the shape or size of the area of effect. In other words, you have to position the unit in the middle of the circle in order to get the optimal performance. Make sure you think about this particular element once the time for shopping comes.
While most people think that buying a wireless dog fence isn’t a big deal, you would be surprised at how many variables are included. In simpler words, you have to have a well-made plan and strategy or else you’ll end up with a subpar model in your hands that won’t fulfill your expectations and requirements. Here are some things you should consider before investing
Things to Consider Before Buying a Wireless Dog Fence
Frequently Asked Questions
Dogs are incredible creatures, especially when unconditional love is in question. However, most breeds are quite feisty and restless until you decide to show dominance and show them who’s the boss in any given situation. Now, it’s usually easier said than done, though. Many people don’t know how to behave around their pets, and the lack of proper behavior can lead to a great deal of frustration, stress, and even exhaustion for the owner.
Before you start looking for licensed trainers, take a moment and check these wireless fences for dogs. These products are designed to alleviate the hassles of pet training and make the whole process simple and much easier than you think. Instead of having to read dozens of training books, all you have to do is install a wireless fence, and you can rest assured that it will solve quite a bit of behavior issues related to disobedient pets.